1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Implement .debug_str handling, and share entries somehow.
26 Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
27 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
28 out locations for types and decls.
29 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
30 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
32 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
33 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
34 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
35 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
43 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
45 #include "insn-config.h"
53 #include "dwarf2out.h"
54 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
60 #include "diagnostic.h"
63 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
64 static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
67 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
68 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
69 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
70 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
71 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
72 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
73 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
74 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
75 CIE = Common Information Entry
76 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
77 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
78 FDE = Frame Description Entry
79 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
80 how to restore registers
82 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
83 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
85 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
91 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
92 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
95 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
97 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
102 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
103 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
104 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
105 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
106 unique to each function definition. */
107 unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
109 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
111 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
112 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
113 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
116 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
117 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
118 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
120 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
121 Information instructions. The register number, offset
122 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
123 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
125 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
127 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
128 long int dw_cfi_offset;
129 const char *dw_cfi_addr;
130 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_cfi_loc;
134 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
136 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
137 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
138 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
139 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
143 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
144 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
145 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
146 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
147 of this structure. */
148 typedef struct cfa_loc
153 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
156 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
157 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
158 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
159 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
160 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
162 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
164 const char *dw_fde_begin;
165 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
166 const char *dw_fde_end;
167 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
168 unsigned funcdef_number;
169 unsigned nothrow : 1;
170 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
174 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
175 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
177 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
179 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
182 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
183 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
184 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
185 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
187 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
188 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
191 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
192 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
193 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
196 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
197 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
200 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
202 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
203 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
204 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
206 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
207 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
208 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
209 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
211 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
213 #endif /* not DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT */
215 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
216 information for each routine. */
217 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
219 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
220 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
222 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
223 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
225 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
227 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
229 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
230 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
232 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
233 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
234 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
235 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
236 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
238 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
240 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
241 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
242 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
243 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
244 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
245 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *));
246 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
247 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
249 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
250 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
251 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
252 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
253 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
254 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
255 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
256 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
257 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
259 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
260 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
261 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
262 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
263 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
264 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
265 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfa_location *));
267 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
268 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
269 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
272 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
273 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
274 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
276 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
277 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
278 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
281 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
282 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
285 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
286 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
288 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
289 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
291 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
292 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
293 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
294 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
295 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
296 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
297 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
298 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
299 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
300 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
301 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
302 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
303 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
305 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
306 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
307 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
310 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
311 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
313 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
314 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
316 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
318 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
321 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
323 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
324 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
326 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
328 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
330 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
334 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
335 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
336 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
337 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
340 /* Hook used by __throw. */
343 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
345 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
348 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
349 for the current function. */
350 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
351 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
354 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
355 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
361 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
366 while (*s && *s != ',')
373 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
376 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
380 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
381 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
382 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
384 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS; ++i)
386 int offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
387 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
392 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
396 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
399 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
404 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
405 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
407 return "DW_CFA_offset";
409 return "DW_CFA_restore";
413 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
414 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
415 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
416 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
417 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
418 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
419 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
420 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
421 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
422 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
423 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
424 case DW_CFA_undefined:
425 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
426 case DW_CFA_same_value:
427 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
428 case DW_CFA_register:
429 return "DW_CFA_register";
430 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
431 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
432 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
433 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
435 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
436 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
437 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
438 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
439 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
440 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
441 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
443 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
444 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
445 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
448 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
449 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
450 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
451 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
452 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
453 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
456 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
460 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
462 static inline dw_cfi_ref
465 dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
467 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
468 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
469 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
474 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
477 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
478 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
483 /* Find the end of the chain. */
484 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
490 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
493 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
495 static char label[20];
496 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
498 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
499 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
504 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
505 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
508 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
514 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
517 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
519 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
520 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
524 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
526 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
528 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
529 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
530 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
533 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
537 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
540 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
543 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
545 dw_cfa_location *loc;
547 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
549 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
550 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
553 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
556 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
557 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
559 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
560 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
567 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
571 dw_cfa_location *loc;
575 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
578 loc->base_offset = 0;
580 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
581 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
583 if (fde_table_in_use)
585 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
586 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
587 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
591 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
592 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
594 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
596 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
598 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
599 static long args_size;
601 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
602 static long old_args_size;
604 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
605 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
606 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
609 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
619 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
622 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
623 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
625 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
627 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
630 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
635 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
636 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
638 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
639 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
641 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset &&
642 loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect)
644 if (loc.indirect == 0
645 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset)
646 /* Nothing changed so no need to issue any call frame
653 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
655 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
656 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
658 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
659 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
662 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
663 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
666 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
667 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
668 offset has not changed. */
669 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
670 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
674 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
676 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
677 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
678 the specified offset. */
679 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
680 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
681 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
685 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
686 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
687 register-offset pair is available. */
688 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
689 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
690 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
691 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
694 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
697 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
698 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
699 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
700 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
703 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
709 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
711 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
713 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
714 the value isn't a register number. */
715 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
718 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
720 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
722 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
724 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
726 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
727 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
728 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
730 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
732 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
736 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
739 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended;
742 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
744 else if (sreg == reg)
745 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
749 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
750 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
753 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
756 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
757 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
758 from the previous frame's window save area.
760 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
761 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
764 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
767 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
768 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
769 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
772 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
773 pushed onto the stack. */
776 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
782 if (size == old_args_size)
784 old_args_size = size;
787 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
788 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
789 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
792 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
793 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
796 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
801 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
804 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
805 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
808 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
812 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
815 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
816 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
819 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
823 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
826 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
827 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
830 initial_return_save (rtl)
833 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
836 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
839 /* RA is in a register. */
840 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
843 /* RA is on the stack. */
845 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
848 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
853 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
855 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
858 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
860 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
867 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
868 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
869 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
870 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
872 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
878 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
881 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
885 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
888 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
889 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
893 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
895 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
896 code = GET_CODE (src);
897 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
898 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
899 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
902 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
904 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
906 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
907 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
908 code = GET_CODE (src);
910 if (! (code == PRE_DEC || code == PRE_INC
911 || code == PRE_MODIFY)
912 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
915 if (code == PRE_MODIFY)
917 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
918 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
919 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
920 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
922 offset = -INTVAL (val);
924 else offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
929 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
935 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
936 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
937 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
940 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
946 if (! flag_non_call_exceptions && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
948 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
950 insn = PATTERN (insn);
951 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
952 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
953 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
954 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
955 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
957 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
961 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
962 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
963 else if (! flag_non_call_exceptions
964 && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
967 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
969 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
970 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
971 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
972 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
978 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
980 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
982 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
983 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
985 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
990 for (j = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
992 rtx pattern = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, j);
993 if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET)
994 offset += stack_adjust_offset (pattern);
1003 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1004 cfa.offset += offset;
1006 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1009 args_size += offset;
1013 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1014 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1015 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1018 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1019 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1020 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1022 struct queued_reg_save
1024 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1029 static struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1030 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1033 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1038 struct queued_reg_save *q = (struct queued_reg_save *) xmalloc (sizeof (*q));
1040 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1042 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1043 queued_reg_saves = q;
1045 last_reg_save_label = label;
1049 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1051 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1053 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = next)
1055 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1060 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1061 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1065 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1068 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1070 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = q->next)
1071 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1078 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1079 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1080 value, not an offset. */
1081 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1083 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1084 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1085 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1088 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1089 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1090 users need not read the source code.
1092 The High-Level Picture
1094 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1095 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1096 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1097 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1098 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1100 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1101 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1102 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1103 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1104 saves. This also seems to work.
1106 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1107 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1108 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1109 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1111 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1112 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1113 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1114 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1116 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1118 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1119 consists of a register and an offset.
1120 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1121 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1122 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1123 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1124 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1125 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1126 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1128 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1129 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1130 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1133 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1134 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1135 and cfa_temp.offset.
1137 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1140 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1141 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1142 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1146 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1147 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1150 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1151 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1152 cfa.offset unchanged
1153 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1154 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1157 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1158 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1159 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1160 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1161 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1164 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1165 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1166 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1169 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1170 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1172 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1173 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1174 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1177 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1178 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1180 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1181 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1184 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1185 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1186 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1189 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1190 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1191 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1194 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1198 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1199 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1200 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1203 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1204 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1205 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1207 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1210 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1211 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1212 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1214 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1217 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1218 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1219 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1222 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1223 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1224 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1227 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1228 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1229 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1230 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1233 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1240 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1241 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1242 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1243 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1244 flag is set in them. */
1246 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1247 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1250 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1252 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1254 rtx x = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1256 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET &&
1257 (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (x) || par_index == 0))
1258 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (x, label);
1263 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1266 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1267 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1269 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1273 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1274 relative to the current CFA register. */
1275 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1277 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1279 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1285 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1286 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1287 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1288 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1289 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1290 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1291 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1297 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1301 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1304 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1307 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1309 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1315 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1317 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1318 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1320 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1322 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1323 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1325 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1328 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1330 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1331 cfa.offset += offset;
1332 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1333 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1335 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1338 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1339 or adjusting the FP */
1340 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1343 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1344 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1345 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1347 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1348 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1350 cfa.offset += offset;
1351 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1358 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1363 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1364 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1366 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1367 into the FP later on. */
1368 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1369 cfa.offset += offset;
1370 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1371 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1372 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1373 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1376 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1377 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1378 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1380 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1381 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1382 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1384 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1385 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1388 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1389 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1391 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1392 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1401 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1402 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1407 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1408 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1409 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1411 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1412 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1413 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1416 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1417 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1425 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1429 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1432 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1434 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1439 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1440 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1442 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1444 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1445 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1447 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1448 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1449 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1451 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1456 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1457 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1460 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1461 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1463 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1464 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1465 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1467 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1471 /* With an offset. */
1475 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1477 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1478 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1481 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1482 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1483 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1484 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1490 /* Without an offset. */
1492 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1493 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1494 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1495 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1502 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1504 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1505 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1512 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1513 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1514 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1516 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1518 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1520 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1521 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1524 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1525 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1530 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1531 calculate the CFA. */
1533 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1534 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1536 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1538 cfa.reg = (unsigned) REGNO (x);
1539 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1541 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1546 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1547 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1555 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1556 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1557 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1560 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1566 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1568 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1569 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1571 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1573 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1575 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1578 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1582 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1583 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1585 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1587 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1588 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1592 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1594 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1596 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1598 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1600 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1603 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1606 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1611 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1613 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1614 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1615 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1616 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1618 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1621 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1622 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1623 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1624 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1626 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1629 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1630 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1631 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1636 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1638 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1640 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1642 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1643 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1644 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1647 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1648 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1650 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1651 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1652 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1653 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1655 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1656 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1657 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1658 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1660 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1661 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1662 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1663 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1665 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1666 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1667 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1668 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1670 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1671 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1672 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1673 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1676 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1677 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1678 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1679 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1680 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1682 case DW_CFA_register:
1683 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1684 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1687 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1688 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1690 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1692 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1693 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1701 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1702 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1703 location of saved registers. */
1706 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1712 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1713 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1714 char augmentation[6];
1715 int augmentation_size;
1716 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1717 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1718 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1720 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1721 emit any EH unwind information. */
1724 int any_eh_needed = 0;
1725 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1726 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1727 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1728 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1731 if (! any_eh_needed)
1735 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1741 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1742 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
1744 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1747 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1748 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1749 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1753 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1755 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1756 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1758 /* Output the CIE. */
1759 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1760 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1761 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1762 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1763 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1765 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1766 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1767 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1768 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1769 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1771 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1773 augmentation[0] = 0;
1774 augmentation_size = 0;
1780 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1781 augmentation section.
1782 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1783 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1784 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1786 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1787 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1789 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1790 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1791 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1793 p = augmentation + 1;
1794 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1797 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1799 if (any_lsda_needed)
1802 augmentation_size += 1;
1804 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1807 augmentation_size += 1;
1809 if (p > augmentation + 1)
1811 augmentation[0] = 'z';
1815 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1816 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1818 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1820 + 1 /* CIE version */
1821 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1822 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1823 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
1825 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
1826 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
1827 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1829 augmentation_size += pad;
1831 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
1832 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
1833 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
1837 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1841 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
1842 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
1846 if (augmentation[0])
1848 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
1849 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
1852 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
1853 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
1854 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
1856 if (any_lsda_needed)
1857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1858 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
1859 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1860 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1861 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
1864 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1865 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
1867 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1868 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1869 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1870 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1872 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1873 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1875 fde = &fde_table[i];
1877 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1878 if (for_eh && fde->nothrow && ! fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1881 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1882 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1883 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1884 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1886 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1889 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
1891 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
1896 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
1897 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
1898 "FDE initial location");
1899 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
1900 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1901 "FDE address range");
1905 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1906 "FDE initial location");
1907 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1908 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1909 "FDE address range");
1912 if (augmentation[0])
1914 if (any_lsda_needed)
1916 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
1918 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1920 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1921 + 4 /* CIE offset */
1922 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
1923 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
1924 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1927 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
1931 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
1933 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
1936 fde->funcdef_number);
1937 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1938 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
1939 "Language Specific Data Area");
1943 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1944 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1945 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding),
1946 0, "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
1950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
1953 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1955 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
1956 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1957 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
1959 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1960 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1961 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
1962 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1965 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1967 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
1969 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1970 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1971 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1972 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
1975 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
1980 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1984 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
1985 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1986 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1988 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1991 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
1993 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
1994 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
1995 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
1997 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
1998 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2001 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2005 ++current_funcdef_number;
2007 function_section (current_function_decl);
2008 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2009 current_funcdef_number);
2010 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2011 current_funcdef_number);
2012 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2014 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2015 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2016 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2020 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2021 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2023 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2025 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
2026 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2029 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2030 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2032 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2033 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2034 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2035 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2036 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2037 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2038 fde->funcdef_number = current_funcdef_number;
2039 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2040 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2042 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2044 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine
2045 dwarf2 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2046 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2048 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2052 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2053 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2057 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2060 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2062 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2064 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
2065 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2066 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2067 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2071 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2073 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2074 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2075 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2076 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2078 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2079 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2081 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2082 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2083 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2084 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2089 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2091 /* Output call frame information. */
2092 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
2093 output_call_frame_info (0);
2094 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2095 output_call_frame_info (1);
2098 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2099 for emitting location expressions. */
2101 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2102 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2103 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2104 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2106 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2107 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2108 implementation are listed below. */
2113 dw_val_class_offset,
2115 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2117 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2118 dw_val_class_long_long,
2121 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2122 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2123 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2124 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2129 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2130 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2132 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2139 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2141 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2148 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2149 represented internally. */
2151 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2153 dw_val_class val_class;
2157 long unsigned val_offset;
2158 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list;
2159 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2161 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2162 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2163 dw_float_const val_float;
2168 unsigned val_fde_index;
2171 unsigned char val_flag;
2177 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2180 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2182 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2183 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2184 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2185 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2190 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2191 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2192 their entire life. */
2193 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2195 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2196 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2197 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2198 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list. Only on head of list */
2199 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2200 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2203 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2204 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2207 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2209 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2210 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2211 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2212 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2214 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2217 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2223 return "DW_OP_addr";
2225 return "DW_OP_deref";
2227 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2229 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2231 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2233 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2235 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2237 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2239 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2241 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2243 return "DW_OP_constu";
2245 return "DW_OP_consts";
2249 return "DW_OP_drop";
2251 return "DW_OP_over";
2253 return "DW_OP_pick";
2255 return "DW_OP_swap";
2259 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2267 return "DW_OP_minus";
2279 return "DW_OP_plus";
2280 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2281 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2287 return "DW_OP_shra";
2305 return "DW_OP_skip";
2307 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2309 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2311 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2313 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2315 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2317 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2319 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2321 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2323 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2325 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2327 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2329 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2331 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2333 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2335 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2337 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2339 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2341 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2343 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2345 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2347 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2349 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2351 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2353 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2355 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2357 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2359 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2361 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2363 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2365 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2367 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2369 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2371 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2373 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2375 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2377 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2379 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2381 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2383 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2385 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2387 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2389 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2391 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2393 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2395 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2397 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2399 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2401 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2403 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2405 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2407 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2409 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2411 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2413 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2415 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2417 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2419 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2421 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2423 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2425 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2427 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2429 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2431 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2433 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2435 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2437 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2439 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2441 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2443 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2445 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2447 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2449 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2451 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2453 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2455 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2457 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2459 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2461 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2463 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2465 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2467 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2469 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2471 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2473 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2475 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2477 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2479 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2481 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2483 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2485 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2487 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2489 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2491 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2493 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2495 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2497 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2499 return "DW_OP_regx";
2501 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2503 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2505 return "DW_OP_piece";
2506 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2507 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2508 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2509 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2513 return "OP_<unknown>";
2517 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2518 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2519 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2521 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2522 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2523 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2524 unsigned long oprnd1;
2525 unsigned long oprnd2;
2527 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2529 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2530 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2532 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2533 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2534 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2535 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2536 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2542 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2545 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2546 dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2547 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2549 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2551 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2552 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2558 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2560 static unsigned long
2561 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2562 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2564 unsigned long size = 1;
2566 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2569 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2588 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2591 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2596 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2597 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2635 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2638 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2641 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2644 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2645 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2648 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2650 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2651 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2661 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2663 static unsigned long
2665 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2667 unsigned long size = 0;
2669 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2671 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2672 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2678 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2681 output_loc_operands (loc)
2682 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2684 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2685 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2687 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2689 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2691 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2695 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2699 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2703 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2705 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2712 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2713 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2717 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2730 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2731 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2732 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2733 only doing unwinding. */
2738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2741 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2744 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2749 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2750 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2784 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2790 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2793 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2794 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2797 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2799 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2800 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2804 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2809 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2812 output_loc_sequence (loc)
2813 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2815 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2817 /* Output the opcode. */
2818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
2819 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
2821 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2822 output_loc_operands (loc);
2826 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2827 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2830 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
2833 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2836 /* Output the size of the block. */
2837 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
2838 size = size_of_locs (loc);
2839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
2841 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2842 output_loc_sequence (loc);
2845 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
2846 a dw_cfa_location. */
2848 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2850 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2852 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2854 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
2857 if (cfa->base_offset)
2860 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
2862 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2864 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
2865 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
2867 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
2868 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2869 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2870 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2871 if (cfa->offset != 0)
2873 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
2874 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2879 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a
2880 dwarf location descriptor sequence. */
2883 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
2884 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2885 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
2887 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
2889 cfa->base_offset = 0;
2893 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
2895 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
2930 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
2933 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2967 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
2968 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2971 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2972 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
2977 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2978 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
2981 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implememnted\n",
2982 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
2986 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
2988 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2989 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2991 static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
2992 static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
2993 static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
2994 static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
2995 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
2996 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
2997 static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
2998 static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
2999 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block PARAMS ((tree));
3000 static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
3001 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
3003 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3005 struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3011 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3012 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3013 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3014 dwarf2out_end_block,
3015 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3016 dwarf2out_source_line,
3017 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3018 debug_nothing_int, /* end_prologue */
3019 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3020 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3021 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3022 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3023 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3024 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3025 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3026 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3027 something tries to reference them. */
3028 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3029 debug_nothing_rtx /* label */
3032 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3033 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3034 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3036 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3037 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3038 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3039 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3041 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3042 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3044 typedef long int dw_offset;
3046 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3048 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3049 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3050 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3051 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3052 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3054 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3055 line number associated with the label generated for that
3056 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3057 the line number entry. */
3059 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3061 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3062 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3066 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3068 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3070 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3071 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3072 unsigned long function;
3074 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3076 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3077 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3078 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3080 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3082 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3083 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3084 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3088 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3090 typedef struct die_struct
3092 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3094 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3095 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3096 dw_die_ref die_child;
3098 dw_offset die_offset;
3099 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3104 /* The pubname structure */
3106 typedef struct pubname_struct
3113 struct dw_ranges_struct
3118 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3119 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3122 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3126 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3127 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3128 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3131 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3132 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3134 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3135 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3136 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3137 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3138 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3139 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3141 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3142 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3143 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3144 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3145 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3146 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3147 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3148 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3149 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3150 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3152 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3153 language, and compiler version. */
3155 extern int flag_traditional;
3157 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3158 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3160 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3161 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3163 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3164 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3166 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3167 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3168 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3169 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3171 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3172 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3173 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3174 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3175 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3177 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3178 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3179 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3180 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3182 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3186 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3187 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3188 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3189 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3190 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3191 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3193 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3194 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3197 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3198 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3199 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3201 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3202 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3204 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3205 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3207 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3208 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3209 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3210 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3211 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3213 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3214 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3215 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3217 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3218 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3220 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3221 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
3223 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3229 unsigned last_lookup_index;
3232 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3234 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3236 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3237 static struct file_table file_table;
3239 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3241 static const char *primary_filename;
3243 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3244 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3245 number identifying each decl. */
3246 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3248 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3249 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3251 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3252 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3254 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3256 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3258 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3259 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3260 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3261 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3262 define type declaration DIE's. */
3263 varray_type decl_scope_table;
3265 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3266 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3267 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3268 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3270 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3271 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3273 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3274 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3276 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3277 abbrev_die_table. */
3278 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3280 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3281 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3282 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3284 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3285 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3287 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3288 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3290 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3291 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3292 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3294 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3295 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3297 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3298 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3300 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3302 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3305 accessible names. */
3306 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
3308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3309 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3311 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3312 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3316 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3318 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3319 static dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3321 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3322 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3324 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3325 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3327 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3329 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3331 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3332 static dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3334 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3335 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3337 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3338 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3340 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3342 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3344 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3345 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3347 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3348 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
3349 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. If we don't tell
3350 the garbage collector about it, we can garbage collect live data.
3352 varray_type incomplete_types;
3354 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3355 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3356 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3357 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3360 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3361 must be kept around forever. We do this rather than perform GC on
3362 the dwarf info because almost all of the dwarf info lives forever, and
3363 it's easier to support non-GC frontends this way. */
3364 static varray_type used_rtx_varray;
3366 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3368 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3369 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3370 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3371 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3372 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3373 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3375 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3377 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3378 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3379 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3380 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3381 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3382 enum dwarf_attribute,
3384 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3385 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3386 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3387 enum dwarf_attribute,
3389 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3390 enum dwarf_attribute,
3393 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3394 enum dwarf_attribute,
3396 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3397 enum dwarf_attribute,
3399 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3400 enum dwarf_attribute,
3402 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3403 enum dwarf_attribute,
3405 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3406 enum dwarf_attribute,
3408 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3409 enum dwarf_attribute,
3411 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3412 enum dwarf_attribute,
3414 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3415 enum dwarf_attribute,
3417 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3418 enum dwarf_attribute,
3420 static void add_AT_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3421 enum dwarf_attribute,
3423 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3424 enum dwarf_attribute));
3425 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3426 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3427 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3428 enum dwarf_attribute));
3429 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3430 enum dwarf_attribute));
3431 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3432 enum dwarf_attribute));
3433 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3434 enum dwarf_attribute));
3435 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3436 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3437 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3438 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3439 enum dwarf_attribute));
3440 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3441 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3442 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref));
3443 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3444 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3445 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3446 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3447 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3448 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3449 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3450 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3451 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3452 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3453 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3454 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3455 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3456 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3457 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3458 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3459 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3460 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3461 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3462 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3463 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3464 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3465 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3466 static unsigned long size_of_string PARAMS ((const char *));
3467 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3468 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3469 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3470 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3471 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3472 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3473 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3474 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3475 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3476 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3477 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3478 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3479 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3480 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3481 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3482 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3483 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3484 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3485 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3486 static unsigned int add_ranges PARAMS ((tree));
3487 static void output_ranges PARAMS ((void));
3488 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3489 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3490 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3491 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3492 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3493 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3494 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3495 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3496 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3497 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3498 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3499 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3500 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3501 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3502 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3503 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3504 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3505 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3506 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3507 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3508 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3509 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3510 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3511 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
3512 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3513 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3514 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3515 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3516 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3517 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3518 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3519 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3520 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3521 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3522 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3523 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3524 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3525 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3526 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3527 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3528 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3529 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3530 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3531 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3532 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3534 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3535 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3537 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3539 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3540 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3542 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3544 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3545 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3546 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3547 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3548 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3549 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3550 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3551 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3552 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3553 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3554 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3555 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3556 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3557 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3558 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3559 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3560 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3561 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3562 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3563 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3564 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3565 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3566 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3567 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3568 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3569 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3570 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3571 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3572 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3573 static void add_incomplete_type PARAMS ((tree));
3574 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3575 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3576 static rtx save_rtx PARAMS ((rtx));
3577 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3578 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3579 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3580 const char *, const char *,
3581 const char *, unsigned));
3582 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
3584 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3585 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
3586 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
3588 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3589 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3590 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3592 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3593 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3595 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3596 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3598 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3599 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3601 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3602 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3604 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3605 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3607 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3608 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3610 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3611 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3613 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3614 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3617 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3618 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3619 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3622 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3623 the section names themselves. */
3625 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3626 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3628 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3629 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3631 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3632 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3634 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3635 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3637 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3638 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3640 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3641 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3644 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3645 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3646 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3647 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3648 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3650 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3651 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3652 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3653 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3654 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3655 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3656 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3657 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3658 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3660 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3661 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3663 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3664 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3666 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3667 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3669 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3670 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3672 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3673 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3675 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3676 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3678 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3679 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3681 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3682 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3685 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3686 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3688 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3691 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3692 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3694 demangle_name_func = func;
3697 /* Return an rtx like ORIG which lives forever. If we're doing GC,
3698 that means adding it to used_rtx_varray. If not, that means making
3699 a copy on the permanent_obstack. */
3705 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, orig);
3710 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3716 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3717 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3718 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3721 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3725 type_main_variant (type)
3728 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3730 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
3731 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
3732 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
3733 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
3735 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3736 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3737 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3742 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3745 is_tagged_type (type)
3748 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3750 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3751 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3754 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3757 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
3762 case DW_TAG_padding:
3763 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3764 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3765 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3766 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3767 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3768 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3769 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3770 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3771 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3772 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3773 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3774 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3775 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3777 return "DW_TAG_label";
3778 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3779 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3781 return "DW_TAG_member";
3782 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3783 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3784 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3785 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3786 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3787 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3788 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3789 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3790 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3791 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3792 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3793 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3794 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3795 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3796 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3797 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3798 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3799 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3800 case DW_TAG_variant:
3801 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3802 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3803 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3804 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3805 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3806 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3807 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3808 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3809 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3811 return "DW_TAG_module";
3812 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3813 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3814 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3815 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3816 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3817 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3818 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3819 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3820 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3821 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3822 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3823 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3824 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3825 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3826 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3827 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3828 case DW_TAG_constant:
3829 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3830 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3831 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3832 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3833 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3835 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3836 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3837 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3838 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3839 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3840 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3841 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3842 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3843 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3844 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3845 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3846 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3847 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3848 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3849 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3850 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3851 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3852 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3853 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3854 case DW_TAG_variable:
3855 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3856 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3857 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3858 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3859 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3860 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3861 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3862 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3863 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3864 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3865 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3866 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3867 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3868 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3869 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3871 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3875 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3878 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
3884 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3885 case DW_AT_location:
3886 return "DW_AT_location";
3888 return "DW_AT_name";
3889 case DW_AT_ordering:
3890 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3891 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3892 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3893 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3894 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3895 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3896 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3897 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3898 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3899 case DW_AT_element_list:
3900 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3901 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3902 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3904 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3906 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3907 case DW_AT_language:
3908 return "DW_AT_language";
3910 return "DW_AT_member";
3912 return "DW_AT_discr";
3913 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3914 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3915 case DW_AT_visibility:
3916 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3918 return "DW_AT_import";
3919 case DW_AT_string_length:
3920 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3921 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3922 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3923 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3924 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3925 case DW_AT_const_value:
3926 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3927 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3928 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3929 case DW_AT_default_value:
3930 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3932 return "DW_AT_inline";
3933 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3934 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3935 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3936 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3937 case DW_AT_producer:
3938 return "DW_AT_producer";
3939 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3940 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3941 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3942 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3943 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3944 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3945 case DW_AT_stride_size:
3946 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3947 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3948 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3949 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3950 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3951 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3952 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3953 case DW_AT_address_class:
3954 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3955 case DW_AT_artificial:
3956 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3957 case DW_AT_base_types:
3958 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3959 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3960 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3962 return "DW_AT_count";
3963 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3964 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3965 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3966 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3967 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3968 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3969 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3970 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3971 case DW_AT_declaration:
3972 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3973 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3974 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3975 case DW_AT_encoding:
3976 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3977 case DW_AT_external:
3978 return "DW_AT_external";
3979 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3980 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3982 return "DW_AT_friend";
3983 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3984 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3985 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3986 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3987 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3988 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3989 case DW_AT_priority:
3990 return "DW_AT_priority";
3992 return "DW_AT_segment";
3993 case DW_AT_specification:
3994 return "DW_AT_specification";
3995 case DW_AT_static_link:
3996 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3998 return "DW_AT_type";
3999 case DW_AT_use_location:
4000 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4001 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4002 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4003 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4004 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4005 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4006 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4008 case DW_AT_allocated:
4009 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4010 case DW_AT_associated:
4011 return "DW_AT_associated";
4012 case DW_AT_data_location:
4013 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4015 return "DW_AT_stride";
4016 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4017 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4018 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4019 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4020 case DW_AT_extension:
4021 return "DW_AT_extension";
4023 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4024 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4025 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4026 case DW_AT_call_column:
4027 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4028 case DW_AT_call_file:
4029 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4030 case DW_AT_call_line:
4031 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4033 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4034 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4035 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4036 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4037 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4038 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4039 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4040 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4041 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4042 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4043 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4044 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4045 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4046 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4047 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4048 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4049 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4050 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4051 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4052 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4053 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4054 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4056 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4057 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4058 case DW_AT_src_info:
4059 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4060 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4061 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4062 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4063 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4064 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4065 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4066 case DW_AT_body_end:
4067 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4069 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4073 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4076 dwarf_form_name (form)
4082 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4083 case DW_FORM_block2:
4084 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4085 case DW_FORM_block4:
4086 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4088 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4090 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4092 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4093 case DW_FORM_string:
4094 return "DW_FORM_string";
4096 return "DW_FORM_block";
4097 case DW_FORM_block1:
4098 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4100 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4102 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4104 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4106 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4108 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4109 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4110 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4112 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4114 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4116 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4118 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4119 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4120 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4121 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4122 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4124 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4128 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4132 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4137 case DW_ATE_address:
4138 return "DW_ATE_address";
4139 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4140 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4141 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4142 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4144 return "DW_ATE_float";
4146 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4147 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4148 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4149 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4150 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4151 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4152 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4154 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4159 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4160 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4161 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4162 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4166 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4169 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4170 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4171 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4172 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4175 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4176 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4177 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4178 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4182 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4185 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4186 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4187 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4188 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4192 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4195 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4197 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4198 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4199 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4200 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4203 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4208 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4212 ret_val = lookahead;
4213 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK)
4214 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val)
4217 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4223 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4224 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4228 decl_class_context (decl)
4231 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4233 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4234 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4236 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4237 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4239 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4240 context = NULL_TREE;
4245 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4246 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4249 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4253 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4255 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4256 die->die_attr = attr;
4260 static inline dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4261 static inline dw_val_class
4265 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4268 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4271 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4273 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4276 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4278 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4279 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4280 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4281 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4282 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4285 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4286 static inline unsigned
4290 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4291 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4296 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4299 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4301 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4304 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4306 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4307 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4308 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4309 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4310 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4313 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4314 static inline long int
4318 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4319 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4324 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4327 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4329 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4330 unsigned long unsigned_val;
4332 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4334 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4335 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4336 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4337 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4338 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4341 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4342 static inline unsigned long
4346 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4347 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4352 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4355 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4357 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4358 unsigned long val_hi;
4359 unsigned long val_low;
4361 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4363 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4364 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4365 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4366 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4367 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4368 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4371 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4374 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4376 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4380 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4382 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4383 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4384 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4385 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4386 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4387 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4390 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4393 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4395 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4398 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4400 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4401 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4402 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4403 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = xstrdup (str);
4404 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4407 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4408 static inline const char *
4412 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4413 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4418 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4421 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4423 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4424 dw_die_ref targ_die;
4426 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4428 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4429 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4430 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4431 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4432 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4433 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4436 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4437 static inline dw_die_ref
4441 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4442 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4447 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4452 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4453 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4458 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
4460 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4464 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4465 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4470 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4473 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4475 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4478 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4480 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4481 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4482 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4483 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4484 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4487 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4490 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4492 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4493 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4495 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4497 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4498 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4499 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4500 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4501 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4504 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4505 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4509 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4510 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4516 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4518 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4519 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4521 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4523 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4524 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4525 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4526 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4527 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4528 have_location_lists = 1;
4531 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4533 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4537 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4538 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4543 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4546 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4548 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4551 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4553 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4554 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4555 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4556 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4557 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4560 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4565 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4566 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4571 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4574 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4576 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4579 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4581 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4582 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4583 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4584 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4585 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4588 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4591 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4593 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4596 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4598 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4599 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4600 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4601 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4602 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4605 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4608 add_AT_offset (die, attr_kind, offset)
4610 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4611 unsigned long offset;
4613 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4615 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4616 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4617 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4618 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4619 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4622 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4623 static inline const char *
4627 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4628 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4629 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4634 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4636 static inline dw_attr_ref
4637 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4639 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4642 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4646 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4648 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4651 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4652 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4657 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4663 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4664 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
4665 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4666 assembler label identifier. */
4668 static inline const char *
4672 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4673 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4676 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4677 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
4678 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4679 assembler label identifier. */
4681 static inline const char *
4685 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4686 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4689 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4690 NULL if it is not present. */
4692 static inline const char *
4693 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
4695 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4697 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4698 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4701 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4702 if it is not present. */
4705 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
4707 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4709 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4710 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4713 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4714 if it is not present. */
4716 static inline unsigned
4717 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
4719 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4721 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4722 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4725 static inline dw_die_ref
4726 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
4728 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4730 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4731 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4737 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4739 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4740 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4746 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4748 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4754 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4756 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
4759 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4761 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4766 switch (AT_class (a))
4768 case dw_val_class_str:
4769 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4770 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4771 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4774 case dw_val_class_float:
4775 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array);
4785 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4788 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4790 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4793 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
4797 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
4798 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4801 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
4810 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4812 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
4817 remove_children (die);
4821 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4824 remove_children (die)
4827 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4829 die->die_child = NULL;
4831 while (child_die != NULL)
4833 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4836 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4838 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
4840 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4842 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4850 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4851 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4854 add_child_die (die, child_die)
4856 dw_die_ref child_die;
4858 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
4860 if (die == child_die)
4862 child_die->die_parent = die;
4863 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
4864 die->die_child = child_die;
4868 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4869 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
4872 splice_child_die (parent, child)
4873 dw_die_ref parent, child;
4877 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4878 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4879 if (child->die_parent != parent)
4881 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
4886 if (child->die_parent != parent
4887 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
4890 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
4893 *p = child->die_sib;
4897 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
4898 parent->die_child = child;
4901 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4903 static inline dw_die_ref
4904 new_die (tag_value, parent_die)
4905 enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
4906 dw_die_ref parent_die;
4908 dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node));
4910 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4912 if (parent_die != NULL)
4913 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4916 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4918 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
4919 limbo_node->die = die;
4920 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4921 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4927 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4929 static inline dw_die_ref
4930 lookup_type_die (type)
4933 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
4934 type = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type);
4935 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
4938 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4941 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
4943 dw_die_ref type_die;
4945 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
4948 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4950 static inline dw_die_ref
4951 lookup_decl_die (decl)
4954 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4956 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use
4957 ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
4960 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4963 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
4965 dw_die_ref decl_die;
4967 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4968 unsigned num_allocated;
4970 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
4973 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
4974 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
4975 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4978 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
4979 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
4981 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
4982 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4983 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
4986 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
4987 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
4989 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
4992 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4993 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
4994 the DIE internal representation. */
4995 static int print_indent;
4997 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5000 print_spaces (outfile)
5003 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5006 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5007 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5010 print_die (die, outfile)
5017 print_spaces (outfile);
5018 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5019 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5020 print_spaces (outfile);
5021 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5022 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5024 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5026 print_spaces (outfile);
5027 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5029 switch (AT_class (a))
5031 case dw_val_class_addr:
5032 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5034 case dw_val_class_offset:
5035 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5037 case dw_val_class_loc:
5038 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5040 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5041 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5042 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5044 case dw_val_class_const:
5045 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
5047 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5048 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
5050 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5051 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5052 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5053 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5055 case dw_val_class_float:
5056 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5058 case dw_val_class_flag:
5059 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5061 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5062 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5064 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5065 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5067 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5070 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5072 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5073 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5074 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5076 case dw_val_class_str:
5077 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5078 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5080 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5086 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5089 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5092 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5093 print_die (c, outfile);
5097 if (print_indent == 0)
5098 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5101 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5102 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5105 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5109 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5111 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5112 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; ++i)
5114 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5115 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5116 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table.table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
5117 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5118 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5121 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5124 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5127 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5130 print_die (die, stderr);
5133 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5134 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5140 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5141 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5142 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5145 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5146 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5147 they are in order of addition. */
5150 reverse_die_lists (die)
5153 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5154 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5156 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5158 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5159 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5164 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5170 die->die_child = cp;
5173 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since
5174 we used to reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs
5175 through all the dies, it would reverse all the dies. Now, however,
5176 since we don't call reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we
5177 need a routine to recursively reverse all the dies. This is that
5181 reverse_all_dies (die)
5186 reverse_die_lists (die);
5188 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5189 reverse_all_dies (c);
5192 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is
5193 the CU for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the
5194 DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this
5198 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5199 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5201 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5202 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5203 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5207 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5210 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5211 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5213 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5214 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5218 #define PROCESS(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5219 #define PROCESS_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5221 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5224 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5225 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5226 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5228 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5229 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5230 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5233 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5236 attr_checksum (at, ctx)
5238 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5240 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5243 PROCESS (at->dw_attr);
5245 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5246 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5247 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5248 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5249 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5252 switch (AT_class (at))
5254 case dw_val_class_const:
5255 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5257 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5258 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5260 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5261 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5263 case dw_val_class_float:
5264 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5266 case dw_val_class_flag:
5267 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5270 case dw_val_class_str:
5271 PROCESS_STRING (AT_string (at));
5274 case dw_val_class_addr:
5276 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5279 PROCESS_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5287 case dw_val_class_offset:
5288 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5291 case dw_val_class_loc:
5292 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5293 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5296 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5297 if (AT_ref (at)->die_offset)
5298 PROCESS (AT_ref (at)->die_offset);
5299 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5301 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5302 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5303 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5311 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5314 die_checksum (die, ctx)
5316 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5321 PROCESS (die->die_tag);
5323 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5324 attr_checksum (a, ctx);
5326 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5327 die_checksum (c, ctx);
5331 #undef PROCESS_STRING
5333 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5335 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5337 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5338 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5340 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5341 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5344 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5345 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5349 unsigned char checksum[16];
5352 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5353 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx);
5354 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5357 const char *p = lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name));
5358 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (p) + 64);
5359 sprintf (name, "%s.", p);
5362 clean_symbol_name (name);
5365 char *p = name + strlen (name);
5366 for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
5368 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5373 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5374 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5377 /* Returns nonzero iff DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5383 switch (die->die_tag)
5385 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5386 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5387 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5388 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5389 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5390 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5391 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5392 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5393 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5394 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5395 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5396 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5397 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5398 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5399 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5400 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5401 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5408 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5409 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5410 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5411 compilations (functions). */
5418 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the
5419 main CU, as we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater
5420 likelihood of sharing between objects that don't include headers
5421 in the same order (and therefore would put the base types in a
5422 different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5423 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5426 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5427 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5428 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5429 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5431 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5432 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5436 return is_type_die (c);
5439 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5440 compilation unit. */
5446 if (is_type_die (c))
5448 if (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5449 && ! get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
5455 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5459 static int label_num;
5460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5461 return xstrdup (buf);
5464 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5467 assign_symbol_names (die)
5472 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5474 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5476 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5477 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5478 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5479 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5482 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5485 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5486 assign_symbol_names (c);
5489 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5490 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5491 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5494 break_out_includes (die)
5498 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5499 limbo_die_node *node;
5501 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr; )
5503 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5505 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5506 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5507 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5509 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5512 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5514 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5517 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5519 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5523 add_child_die (unit, c);
5527 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5528 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5534 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5535 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5540 assign_symbol_names (die);
5541 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
5543 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
5544 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
5548 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5549 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5550 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5553 add_sibling_attributes (die)
5558 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
5559 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
5560 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5561 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
5563 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5564 add_sibling_attributes (c);
5567 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and it's children */
5569 output_location_lists (die)
5574 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5576 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
5578 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
5581 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5582 output_location_lists (c);
5585 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
5586 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
5587 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
5588 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
5592 build_abbrev_table (die)
5595 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5596 unsigned int n_alloc;
5598 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
5600 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5601 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5602 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5604 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5605 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
5607 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
5609 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
5613 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5615 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5617 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
5619 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
5621 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
5622 d_attr = die->die_attr;
5624 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
5626 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
5627 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
5630 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
5631 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
5634 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
5640 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
5642 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
5644 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5646 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
5647 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
5649 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
5650 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5651 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
5654 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5655 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
5658 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
5659 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5660 build_abbrev_table (c);
5663 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
5665 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
5666 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
5667 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
5668 we must include them in the count. */
5670 static unsigned long
5671 size_of_string (str)
5674 return strlen (str) + 1;
5677 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5680 constant_size (value)
5681 long unsigned value;
5688 log = floor_log2 (value);
5691 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
5696 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
5697 .debug_info section. */
5699 static unsigned long
5703 unsigned long size = 0;
5706 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5707 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5709 switch (AT_class (a))
5711 case dw_val_class_addr:
5712 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5714 case dw_val_class_offset:
5715 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5717 case dw_val_class_loc:
5719 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5722 size += constant_size (lsize);
5726 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5727 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5729 case dw_val_class_const:
5730 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
5732 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5733 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
5735 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5736 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
5738 case dw_val_class_float:
5739 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
5741 case dw_val_class_flag:
5744 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5745 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5747 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5748 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5750 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5751 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5753 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5754 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5756 case dw_val_class_str:
5757 size += size_of_string (AT_string (a));
5767 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
5768 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
5769 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
5770 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
5771 field in each DIE. */
5774 calc_die_sizes (die)
5778 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
5779 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
5781 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5784 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5785 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5786 next_die_offset += 1;
5789 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5790 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5791 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5792 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5800 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5804 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5812 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5816 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5817 compilation unit. */
5819 static unsigned long
5825 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
5826 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
5828 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
5829 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_string (p->name);
5832 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5836 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5838 static unsigned long
5843 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
5845 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5846 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5847 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
5849 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5850 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5854 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5856 static enum dwarf_form
5860 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
5862 case dw_val_class_addr:
5863 return DW_FORM_addr;
5864 case dw_val_class_offset:
5865 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
5866 return DW_FORM_data4;
5867 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
5868 return DW_FORM_data8;
5870 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5871 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
5872 .debug_loc section */
5873 return DW_FORM_data4;
5874 case dw_val_class_loc:
5875 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
5878 return DW_FORM_block1;
5880 return DW_FORM_block2;
5884 case dw_val_class_const:
5885 return DW_FORM_sdata;
5886 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5887 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
5890 return DW_FORM_data1;
5892 return DW_FORM_data2;
5894 return DW_FORM_data4;
5896 return DW_FORM_data8;
5900 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5901 return DW_FORM_block1;
5902 case dw_val_class_float:
5903 return DW_FORM_block1;
5904 case dw_val_class_flag:
5905 return DW_FORM_flag;
5906 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5907 if (AT_ref_external (a))
5908 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
5911 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5912 return DW_FORM_data;
5913 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5914 return DW_FORM_addr;
5915 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5916 return DW_FORM_data;
5917 case dw_val_class_str:
5918 return DW_FORM_string;
5925 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5928 output_value_format (a)
5931 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
5932 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
5935 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5939 output_abbrev_section ()
5941 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5944 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5946 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
5950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
5951 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
5953 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
5954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
5956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
5958 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
5959 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
5961 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
5962 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
5963 output_value_format (a_attr);
5966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5970 /* Terminate the table. */
5971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5974 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
5977 output_die_symbol (die)
5980 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
5985 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
5986 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
5987 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
5989 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5990 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5993 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
5994 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal
5995 symbol for this location list node, which is done for the head of
5997 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5998 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
5999 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
6002 const char *section;
6005 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
6006 = (dw_loc_list_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6007 retlist->begin = begin;
6009 retlist->expr = expr;
6010 retlist->section = section;
6012 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6016 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6018 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
6019 dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
6020 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
6023 const char *section;
6027 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6028 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6030 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6031 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6034 /* Output the location list given to us */
6036 output_loc_list (list_head)
6037 dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
6039 dw_loc_list_ref curr=list_head;
6040 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6042 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6043 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6044 in more than one section. */
6045 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6047 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6048 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)0,
6049 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6050 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6051 "Location list base address specifier base");
6053 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr=curr->dw_loc_next)
6056 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6057 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6058 list_head->ll_symbol);
6059 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6060 "Location list end address (%s)",
6061 list_head->ll_symbol);
6062 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6064 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6065 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s",
6066 "Location expression size");
6068 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6070 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6071 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6072 list_head->ll_symbol);
6073 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6074 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6075 list_head->ll_symbol);
6077 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6078 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6088 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6089 them to point to. */
6090 if (die->die_symbol)
6091 output_die_symbol (die);
6093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6094 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6096 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6098 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6100 switch (AT_class (a))
6102 case dw_val_class_addr:
6103 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6106 case dw_val_class_offset:
6107 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6111 case dw_val_class_loc:
6112 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6114 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6115 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6117 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6120 case dw_val_class_const:
6121 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6122 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6123 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6127 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6128 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6129 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6132 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6134 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6136 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6139 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6141 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6142 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6146 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6147 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6149 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6150 first, "long long constant");
6151 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6156 case dw_val_class_float:
6160 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6163 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; ++i)
6164 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6165 "fp constant word %u", i);
6169 case dw_val_class_flag:
6170 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6173 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6175 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6178 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6179 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6183 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6184 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6186 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6189 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6191 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6194 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6198 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6201 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6202 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6203 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6207 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6208 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6211 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6212 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6215 case dw_val_class_str:
6216 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6224 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6227 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6229 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6230 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6235 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6236 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6239 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6241 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6242 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6244 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6246 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6247 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6249 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6252 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6255 output_comp_unit (die)
6258 const char *secname;
6260 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the
6261 information about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty
6262 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
6263 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
6266 Mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6269 build_abbrev_table (die);
6271 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6272 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6273 calc_die_sizes (die);
6275 if (die->die_symbol)
6277 char *tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (die->die_symbol) + 24);
6278 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die->die_symbol);
6280 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6283 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6285 /* Output debugging information. */
6286 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6287 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6290 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6292 if (die->die_symbol)
6296 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
6297 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
6298 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6301 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6305 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6308 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6311 add_pubname (decl, die)
6317 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6320 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6322 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6323 pubname_table = (pubname_ref) xrealloc
6324 (pubname_table, pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6327 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6330 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6333 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6334 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6335 visible procedures. */
6341 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6343 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6344 "Length of Public Names Info");
6346 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6348 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6349 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6351 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6352 "Compilation Unit Length");
6354 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
6356 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6358 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6359 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6362 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6365 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6368 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6371 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6374 add_arange (decl, die)
6378 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6381 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6383 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6384 arange_table = (dw_die_ref *)
6385 xrealloc (arange_table, arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6388 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6391 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6392 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6393 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6399 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6401 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6402 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6404 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6406 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6407 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6409 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6411 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6413 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6414 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6416 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6418 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6419 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6420 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6421 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6424 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6425 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6426 text_section_label, "Length");
6428 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; ++i)
6430 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6432 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6433 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6436 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6438 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6440 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6441 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6445 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6446 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6447 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6449 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6450 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6451 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6455 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6458 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6459 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
6460 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6461 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
6466 /* Output the terminator words. */
6467 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6468 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6471 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6478 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
6480 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
6482 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6483 ranges_table = (dw_ranges_ref)
6484 xrealloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
6485 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
6488 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
6489 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
6491 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6498 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
6499 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
6501 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; ++i)
6503 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
6507 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6508 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6510 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
6511 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
6513 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6514 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6515 base of the text section. */
6516 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6518 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
6520 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6521 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
6522 text_section_label, NULL);
6524 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6525 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6526 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6527 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6530 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
6531 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6532 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
6539 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6540 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6546 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6549 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
6550 char *fname; /* File name part. */
6551 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
6552 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
6553 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
6556 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6560 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
6561 int length; /* Path length. */
6562 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6563 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6564 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6565 int used; /* Used in the end? */
6568 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6569 the directories in the path. */
6571 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
6575 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
6576 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
6580 /* Take care of file names without directories. */
6581 if (s1->path == s1->fname)
6583 else if (s2->path == s2->fname)
6586 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
6587 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
6593 /* Reached the end of the first path? */
6594 if (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
6595 /* It doesn't really matter in which order files from the
6596 same directory are sorted in. Therefore don't test for
6597 the second path reaching the end. */
6599 else if (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
6602 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6608 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6609 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6610 slowdowns with many input files. */
6612 output_file_names ()
6614 struct file_info *files;
6615 struct dir_info *dirs;
6624 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6625 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6626 * sizeof (struct file_info));
6627 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6628 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
6630 /* Sort the file names. */
6631 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6635 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6636 f = file_table.table[i];
6637 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
6640 /* Create a new array entry. */
6642 files[i].length = strlen (f);
6643 files[i].file_idx = i;
6645 /* Search for the file name part. */
6646 f = strrchr (f, '/');
6647 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
6649 qsort (files + 1, file_table.in_use - 1, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
6651 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6652 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
6653 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
6654 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
6656 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
6658 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
6661 for (i = 2; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6662 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
6663 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
6664 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
6666 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6667 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
6668 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
6674 /* This is a new directory. */
6675 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
6676 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
6677 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
6678 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
6679 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
6680 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
6682 /* Search for a prefix. */
6683 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
6684 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; ++j)
6685 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
6686 && dirs[j].length > 1
6687 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
6688 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
6689 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
6690 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
6695 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the
6696 directories which allow expressing the file name using references
6697 to the directory table with the least amount of characters. We
6698 do not do an exhaustive search where we would have to check out
6699 every combination of every single possible prefix. Instead we
6700 use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal results in most
6701 cases and never is much off. */
6702 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6703 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6705 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
6706 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; ++i)
6711 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But
6712 this does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the
6714 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
6715 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
6717 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; ++j)
6721 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
6723 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6728 while (k != -1 && k != i)
6733 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6734 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6736 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
6737 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
6742 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6744 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
6746 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6747 for (j = i; j < ndirs; ++j)
6748 if (savehere[j] > 0)
6750 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6751 saved[j] = savehere[j];
6753 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6754 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
6759 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table
6760 array since the index is used in the debug info generation. To
6761 do this efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices
6763 backmap = (int *) alloca (file_table.in_use * sizeof (int));
6764 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6766 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
6767 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6768 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
6771 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First the
6772 directory name table. Here we have to make sure that the first
6773 actually emitted directory name has the index one. Zero is
6774 reserved for the current working directory. Make sure we do not
6775 confuse these indices with the one for the constructed table
6776 (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6778 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
6779 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; ++i)
6780 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
6782 dirs[i].used = idx++;
6783 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
6784 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
6786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6788 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6790 if (idx_offset == 0)
6793 /* Now write all the file names. */
6794 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6796 int file_idx = backmap[i];
6797 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
6799 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
6800 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
6802 /* Include directory index. */
6803 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
6805 /* Modification time. */
6806 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6808 /* File length in bytes. */
6809 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
6815 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6816 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6821 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
6822 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6823 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6826 unsigned long lt_index;
6827 unsigned long current_line;
6830 unsigned long current_file;
6831 unsigned long function;
6833 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
6834 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
6835 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
6836 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
6838 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
6839 "Length of Source Line Info");
6840 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
6842 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6844 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
6845 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
6847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH,
6848 "Minimum Instruction Length");
6850 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
6851 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
6853 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
6854 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
6856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
6857 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
6859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
6860 "Special Opcode Base");
6862 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; ++opc)
6866 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
6867 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
6868 case DW_LNS_set_file:
6869 case DW_LNS_set_column:
6870 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
6878 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
6882 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
6883 output_file_names ();
6884 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
6886 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
6887 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
6888 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
6890 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
6891 a series of state machine operations. */
6894 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
6895 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
6897 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
6900 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
6901 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
6904 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
6905 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
6906 that anything after the last address is this line. */
6907 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6908 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
6912 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
6914 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
6915 use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address delta
6916 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
6917 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
6918 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
6919 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
6921 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
6924 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
6925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6926 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6927 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6931 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
6932 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
6933 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6934 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6935 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6936 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6938 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6940 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6941 different from the previous line. */
6942 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6944 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6946 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
6947 file_table.table[current_file]);
6950 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6951 that uses the least amount of space. */
6952 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6954 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6955 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6956 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6957 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6959 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
6960 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
6962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
6963 "line %lu", current_line);
6967 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
6968 depending on the value being encoded. */
6969 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
6970 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
6971 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
6972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6977 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6982 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6985 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6986 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6987 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6991 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6992 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6993 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6994 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
6997 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
6998 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
6999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7004 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7006 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7007 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7010 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7011 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7012 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7013 && line_info->function == function)
7017 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7018 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7019 to handle it differently. */
7020 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7022 if (function != line_info->function)
7024 function = line_info->function;
7026 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7027 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7028 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7029 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7030 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7034 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7037 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7038 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7039 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7043 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7044 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7046 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7049 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7051 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7052 different from the previous line. */
7053 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7055 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7058 file_table.table[current_file]);
7061 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7062 that uses the least amount of space. */
7063 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7065 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7066 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7067 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7068 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7070 "line %lu", current_line);
7073 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7074 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7075 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7080 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7087 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7088 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7089 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7094 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7095 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7098 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7099 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7100 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7104 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7106 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7107 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7110 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7111 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7112 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7113 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7117 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7118 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7121 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7122 a DIE that describes the given type.
7124 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7125 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7128 base_type_die (type)
7131 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7132 const char *type_name;
7133 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7134 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7136 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK
7137 || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7142 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7143 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7145 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7148 type_name = "__unknown__";
7150 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7153 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7154 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7155 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7157 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7158 && (type == char_type_node
7159 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7160 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7162 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7163 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7165 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7168 /* else fall through. */
7171 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7172 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7173 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7175 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7179 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7182 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7183 a user defined type for it. */
7185 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7186 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7188 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7192 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7193 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7197 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7200 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die);
7201 if (demangle_name_func)
7202 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7204 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7205 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7206 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7207 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7209 return base_type_result;
7212 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7213 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7214 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7215 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7216 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7217 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7218 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7219 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7225 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7226 return error_mark_node;
7228 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7231 return error_mark_node;
7234 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7235 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7238 return type_main_variant (type);
7242 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7243 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7249 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7264 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7269 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7283 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7284 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7287 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7290 int is_volatile_type;
7291 dw_die_ref context_die;
7293 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7294 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7295 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7296 tree item_type = NULL;
7298 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7300 tree qualified_type;
7302 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7305 = get_qualified_type (type,
7306 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7308 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7309 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7312 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7314 return mod_type_die;
7317 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7318 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7319 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7320 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7322 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7323 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7324 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7326 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7327 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7328 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7331 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7332 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7333 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7334 type to which it refers. */
7336 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7337 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7339 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7345 else if (is_const_type)
7347 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die);
7348 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7350 else if (is_volatile_type)
7352 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die);
7353 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7355 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7357 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die);
7358 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7360 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7362 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7364 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7366 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die);
7367 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7369 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7371 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7373 else if (is_base_type (type))
7374 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7377 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7379 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7380 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7381 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7382 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7383 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7385 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
7386 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
7390 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7392 type = qualified_type;
7395 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
7397 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7398 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7399 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7400 types are possible in Ada. */
7401 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
7402 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
7403 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
7406 if (sub_die != NULL)
7407 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
7409 return mod_type_die;
7412 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7413 an enumerated type. */
7419 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
7422 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7428 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
7430 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7432 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno);
7436 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
7440 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
7442 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7443 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
7446 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7447 unsigned reg = reg_number (rtl);
7450 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
7452 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
7457 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7459 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7460 int_loc_descriptor (i)
7463 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7465 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7466 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7470 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
7473 else if (i <= 0xffff)
7475 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7485 else if (i >= -0x8000)
7487 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7488 || i >= -0x80000000)
7494 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
7497 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7499 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7500 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
7504 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
7505 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7506 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7508 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7509 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7510 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
7513 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
7515 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
7517 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
7522 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7528 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
7529 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
7530 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
7533 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7534 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7535 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7536 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7538 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7539 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7540 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7541 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7543 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7544 autoincrement addressing modes. */
7546 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7547 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
7549 enum machine_mode mode;
7551 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
7552 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7553 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7554 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7555 zeroth element of the array. */
7557 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7558 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
7561 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7566 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7567 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7572 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7573 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7574 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7575 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7576 contains the given subreg. */
7577 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7582 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7583 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7584 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7585 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7586 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7587 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7588 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7589 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7590 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7591 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7592 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7593 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7594 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7595 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
7599 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7600 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
7604 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7605 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7609 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
7610 by a different symbol. */
7611 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
7612 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
7614 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant (rtl);
7615 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
7619 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7620 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7621 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = save_rtx (rtl);
7625 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7627 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
7632 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7634 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
7635 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
7636 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
7637 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
7643 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
7644 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
7645 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
7648 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
7650 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
7651 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
7653 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7654 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7655 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
7659 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7660 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7661 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7662 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7668 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7669 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7670 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7671 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode));
7672 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7673 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7674 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
7678 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
7685 return mem_loc_result;
7688 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7689 This is typically a complex variable. */
7691 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7692 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
7695 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
7697 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0)
7698 && (GET_CODE (x0) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0, 0))))
7699 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x0));
7700 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7701 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
7703 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1)
7704 && (GET_CODE (x1) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1, 0))))
7705 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x1));
7706 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7707 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
7709 return cc_loc_result;
7712 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7713 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7714 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7715 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7716 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
7718 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7719 loc_descriptor (rtl)
7722 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7723 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7726 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7727 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7728 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7729 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7730 contains the given subreg. */
7731 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7736 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
7740 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7744 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
7754 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl.
7755 This comes up particularly with variable length arrays. */
7757 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7758 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
7762 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL;
7763 int indirect_size = 0;
7764 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
7765 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7767 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7768 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7771 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
7776 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
7777 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
7778 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
7779 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
7780 the names of types. */
7786 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
7787 enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
7789 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7791 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
7793 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7794 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7795 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
7796 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7800 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
7802 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7803 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7805 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
7811 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7812 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc)));
7817 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7819 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
7824 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
7827 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
7828 enum machine_mode mode;
7830 unsigned int alignment;
7832 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
7833 &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment);
7834 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
7836 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
7838 /* Variable offset. */
7839 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
7840 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7845 /* We cannot address anything not on a unit boundary. */
7846 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7851 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0
7852 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7854 /* ??? We could handle this by loading and shifting etc.
7855 Wait until someone needs it before expending the effort. */
7859 indirect_size = bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7862 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7864 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
7865 else if (bytepos < 0)
7867 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
7868 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7874 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
7875 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
7887 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
7893 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
7903 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
7906 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
7907 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
7909 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7910 add_loc_descr (&ret,
7911 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7912 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
7920 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7925 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7930 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7935 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7947 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7948 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
7949 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7963 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7964 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7968 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
7969 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
7970 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
7971 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
7976 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
7978 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7979 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
7980 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
7982 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
7983 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7984 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
7985 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
7987 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
7988 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7989 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7990 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7992 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
7993 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
7994 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7995 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7996 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8004 /* If we can't fill the request for an address, die. */
8005 if (addressp && indirect_size == 0)
8008 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8009 if (!addressp && indirect_size > 0)
8011 if (indirect_size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8013 if (indirect_size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8016 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8017 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, indirect_size, 0));
8023 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8024 which is not less than the value itself. */
8026 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8027 ceiling (value, boundary)
8028 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
8029 unsigned int boundary;
8031 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8034 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8035 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8036 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8045 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8046 return integer_type_node;
8048 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8049 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8050 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8055 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8056 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8057 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8059 static inline unsigned
8060 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
8063 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8066 static inline unsigned
8067 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
8070 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8073 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8074 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8075 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8076 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8079 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8080 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
8083 tree type_size_tree;
8085 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8086 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8087 type_size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (type);
8089 if (type_size_tree == NULL_TREE)
8091 if (! host_integerp (type_size_tree, 1))
8092 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8093 return tree_low_cst (type_size_tree, 1);
8096 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
8097 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
8098 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
8099 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
8100 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
8101 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
8103 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8104 field_byte_offset (decl)
8107 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8108 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8109 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8110 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8111 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes;
8113 tree field_size_tree;
8114 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8115 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8116 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8118 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8121 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8124 type = field_type (decl);
8125 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8127 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8128 a flexible array member. */
8129 if (! field_size_tree)
8130 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8132 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8133 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8134 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8135 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8138 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8140 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8141 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8142 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8144 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8146 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8147 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8148 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8150 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
8151 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
8152 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
8153 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
8154 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
8155 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
8156 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
8157 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
8160 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8162 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
8163 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
8164 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
8165 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
8166 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
8167 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
8168 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
8169 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
8170 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
8171 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
8172 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
8173 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
8174 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
8175 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
8176 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
8177 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
8178 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
8179 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
8180 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
8181 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
8182 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
8183 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
8184 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
8185 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
8186 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
8189 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8190 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8191 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
8193 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8194 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8195 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8197 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8198 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
8199 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
8200 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
8202 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
8204 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8205 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8207 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8208 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
8209 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
8210 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
8213 object_offset_in_bytes = object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8215 return object_offset_in_bytes;
8218 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8219 associated with them. */
8221 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8223 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8224 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8225 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8228 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
8230 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
8233 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
8234 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
8235 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
8236 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
8237 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
8238 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
8239 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
8240 question had been optimized out of existence. */
8242 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
8243 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8244 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
8245 /* This can happen for a PARM_DECL with a DECL_INCOMING_RTL which
8246 references the internal argument pointer (a pseudo) in a function
8247 where all references to the internal argument pointer were
8248 eliminated via the optimizers. */
8249 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8250 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == PLUS
8251 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)))
8252 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT
8253 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8254 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 1))))
8257 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc_descriptor (rtl));
8260 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
8261 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
8262 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
8263 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
8264 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
8265 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
8266 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
8267 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
8268 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
8269 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
8270 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
8271 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
8272 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
8273 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
8274 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8275 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
8276 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
8277 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
8280 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
8284 unsigned long offset;
8285 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr;
8286 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8288 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
8289 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
8291 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
8293 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
8294 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
8295 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8297 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8298 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
8299 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
8302 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
8305 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
8306 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
8309 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8310 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8311 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8312 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8313 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8316 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
8320 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8323 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8324 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8325 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8326 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8327 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8329 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8331 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8334 if ((long) val != val)
8336 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
8340 if ((unsigned long) val != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
8342 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
8348 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8349 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8350 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8351 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8353 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8355 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
8357 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
8358 long *array = (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length);
8361 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
8365 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
8369 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8374 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8381 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
8385 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8386 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8388 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8389 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
8395 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
8401 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, save_rtx (rtl));
8405 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8406 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8407 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8408 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8409 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8410 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8411 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8412 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8413 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8414 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8415 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8419 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8426 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
8431 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8432 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8433 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8435 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8436 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8437 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8438 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8439 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8440 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8441 referenced within the function.
8443 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8444 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8445 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8446 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8448 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8449 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8450 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8451 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8452 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8453 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8455 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8456 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8457 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8458 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8459 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8460 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8461 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8462 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8463 output at debug-time.
8465 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8466 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8467 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8468 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8469 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8470 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8471 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8472 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8473 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8474 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8475 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8476 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8477 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8479 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8480 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
8481 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
8482 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
8483 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
8484 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
8485 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
8486 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
8487 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
8489 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
8490 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
8491 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
8492 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
8493 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
8494 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8495 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
8496 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
8497 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
8498 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
8499 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
8500 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
8501 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
8502 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
8503 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8506 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8507 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
8509 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
8511 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
8513 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8514 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
8516 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8517 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8518 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8519 if (declared_type == passed_type)
8520 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8521 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8522 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
8523 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
8524 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
8525 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8528 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8529 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8530 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8531 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8532 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8533 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8535 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8536 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
8537 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8538 /* Not passed in memory. */
8539 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
8540 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8541 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
8542 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8543 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8544 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8545 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8548 /* Big endian correction check. */
8550 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
8551 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
8554 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
8555 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
8556 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
8557 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
8561 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
8563 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
8564 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8565 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8566 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
8573 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8574 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8575 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8576 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8577 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8578 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8579 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8580 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8581 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8582 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8585 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
8591 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8594 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
8597 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
8598 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8601 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
8602 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
8603 code, and thus is not emitted. */
8604 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
8606 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8609 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8620 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8621 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
8628 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
8636 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8637 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8638 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8641 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
8645 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8646 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8648 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
8649 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
8654 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8657 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
8658 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8659 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8661 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8662 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
8663 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8670 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8671 the value of the attribute. */
8674 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
8676 const char *name_string;
8678 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
8680 if (demangle_name_func)
8681 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
8683 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
8687 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8688 a representation for that bound. */
8691 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
8692 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8693 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
8696 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
8697 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
8698 the type is instantiated. */
8699 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound))
8702 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
8707 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8709 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
8710 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
8711 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
8712 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
8713 /* use the default */
8716 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
8721 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8722 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
8726 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8727 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8728 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8729 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8730 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8731 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8732 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8733 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8734 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8735 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8736 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8737 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8738 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8739 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8740 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
8741 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8742 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8743 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8745 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8746 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8747 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8748 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
8749 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
8751 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8752 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8753 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
8755 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
8756 it references an outer function's frame. */
8758 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
8760 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
8762 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
8763 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
8766 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8767 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8768 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8769 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8772 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
8778 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
8780 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
8781 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
8782 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
8783 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
8785 if (decl_die != NULL)
8786 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8792 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
8793 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
8795 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
8796 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8798 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
8802 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8804 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8805 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8806 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8807 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8809 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8815 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
8816 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
8819 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
8820 dw_die_ref type_die;
8823 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8824 unsigned dimension_number;
8827 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8829 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
8830 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
8831 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
8832 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
8833 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
8834 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
8835 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
8836 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
8838 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8839 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8840 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8841 gen_array_type_die. */
8842 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8843 for (dimension_number = 0;
8844 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
8845 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
8848 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
8850 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
8851 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
8853 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die);
8856 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
8857 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
8858 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
8860 /* define the index type. */
8861 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
8863 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
8864 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
8865 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
8866 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
8867 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
8868 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8869 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
8872 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
8876 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
8877 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
8879 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
8880 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
8881 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
8883 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
8885 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
8888 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
8889 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
8893 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8899 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
8905 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
8913 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8914 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
8917 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
8918 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
8919 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
8920 even for bit-fields. */
8921 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8927 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
8928 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
8929 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
8930 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
8932 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
8935 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
8936 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
8937 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
8940 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
8941 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
8942 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
8943 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
8944 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
8945 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
8946 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
8948 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
8949 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8950 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
8953 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
8957 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
8958 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8959 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8960 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
8961 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
8962 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
8964 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8966 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8969 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
8970 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
8971 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
8972 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
8973 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8976 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8978 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
8979 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
8980 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
8981 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
8982 below must take account of these differences. */
8983 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
8984 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
8986 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
8988 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
8989 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8993 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8994 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
8995 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
8997 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9000 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9001 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9004 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
9008 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9009 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9010 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9013 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9014 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9017 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9018 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9021 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
9025 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9026 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9027 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9030 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9031 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9035 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
9039 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9041 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9043 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9044 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9045 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9047 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9048 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9051 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9052 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
9054 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
9057 if (DECL_P (origin))
9058 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
9059 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
9060 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
9062 if (origin_die == NULL)
9065 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
9068 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9071 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
9075 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
9077 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
9079 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
9080 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
9081 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
9082 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
9085 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9086 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9087 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
9088 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
9092 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9095 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
9099 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9101 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9102 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9105 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9106 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9109 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
9115 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
9116 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
9118 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
9119 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9120 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
9122 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
9123 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
9124 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
9125 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9126 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
9127 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
9131 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9134 push_decl_scope (scope)
9137 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
9140 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9144 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
9146 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
9149 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9150 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9151 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9152 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9153 the current active scope. */
9156 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
9158 dw_die_ref context_die;
9160 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
9161 tree containing_scope;
9164 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9168 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
9170 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9171 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
9172 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9174 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9175 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9176 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9177 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
9178 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9180 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
9181 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9182 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
9184 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9185 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9186 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9188 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
9189 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
9194 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9195 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
9198 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9199 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9202 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
9205 scope_die = context_die;
9210 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
9212 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
9214 local_scope_p (context_die)
9215 dw_die_ref context_die;
9217 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
9218 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
9219 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
9224 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9226 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
9228 class_scope_p (context_die)
9229 dw_die_ref context_die;
9232 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9233 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
9236 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9237 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9238 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9241 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
9242 dw_die_ref object_die;
9246 dw_die_ref context_die;
9248 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
9249 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
9251 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9252 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9253 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9254 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9255 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
9256 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
9257 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
9259 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
9262 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9263 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9264 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9265 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
9268 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
9269 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
9270 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
9272 if (type_die != NULL)
9273 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
9276 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9277 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9278 was declared without a tag. */
9284 const char *name = 0;
9286 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
9290 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9291 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
9292 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
9294 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9295 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9297 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9298 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9299 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
9301 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9303 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
9306 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
9309 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9310 for bit field types. */
9313 member_declared_type (member)
9316 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9317 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9318 : TREE_TYPE (member));
9321 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9322 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9326 decl_start_label (decl)
9331 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
9332 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
9336 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
9339 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
9344 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9345 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9346 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9349 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
9351 dw_die_ref context_die;
9353 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
9354 dw_die_ref array_die;
9357 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9358 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9359 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9360 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9361 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9364 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die);
9367 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9368 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9369 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9370 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9371 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9372 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9373 for multidimensional arrays. */
9374 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
9377 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9378 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9379 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9380 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
9381 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9384 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
9386 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
9387 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
9389 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9390 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9392 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9393 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9394 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9395 add_subscript_info. */
9396 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9397 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9398 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
9400 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
9403 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
9407 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
9409 dw_die_ref context_die;
9412 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9414 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9415 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9420 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
9422 dw_die_ref context_die;
9424 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9425 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die);
9427 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
9430 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
9431 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9435 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9436 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
9438 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
9442 /* Remember a type in the incomplete_types_list. */
9444 add_incomplete_type (type)
9447 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
9450 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9451 emit full debugging info for them. */
9454 retry_incomplete_types ()
9457 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
9459 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
9463 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9466 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9468 dw_die_ref context_die;
9470 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die);
9471 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9472 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9473 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9476 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9479 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
9481 dw_die_ref context_die;
9483 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die);
9485 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9486 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9487 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9490 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9493 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
9495 dw_die_ref context_die;
9497 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die);
9499 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9500 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9501 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9504 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9505 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9506 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9510 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9512 dw_die_ref context_die;
9514 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
9516 if (type_die == NULL)
9518 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9519 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9520 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9521 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
9523 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
9526 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9528 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9529 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9530 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9531 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
9535 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9536 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
9537 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
9538 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
9540 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9541 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9542 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
9543 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
9545 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
9546 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9548 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die);
9550 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
9551 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
9553 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
9555 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
9556 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9557 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9559 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9560 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9565 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9568 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9569 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9572 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9573 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9574 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9575 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9576 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9577 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9578 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9579 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9582 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
9584 dw_die_ref context_die;
9587 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die);
9590 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
9593 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
9595 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
9598 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
9599 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
9600 TREE_READONLY (node),
9601 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
9603 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
9604 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9607 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
9608 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
9609 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
9614 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9615 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
9625 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9626 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9629 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
9630 tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9631 dw_die_ref context_die;
9633 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die);
9636 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9637 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9638 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9639 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9642 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
9643 tree function_or_method_type;
9644 dw_die_ref context_die;
9647 tree formal_type = NULL;
9648 tree first_parm_type;
9651 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9653 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
9654 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
9659 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9661 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9662 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9663 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
9665 dw_die_ref parm_die;
9667 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9668 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9671 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9672 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
9673 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
9674 && link == first_parm_type)
9675 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
9676 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9678 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
9680 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
9683 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9684 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9685 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
9686 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
9688 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9689 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9690 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9692 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9694 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9695 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9698 gen_type_die (formal_type, context_die);
9702 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9703 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9704 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9705 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9706 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9709 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
9711 dw_die_ref context_die;
9713 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9715 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9716 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9717 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
9718 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
9720 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
9723 push_decl_scope (type);
9724 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9725 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9727 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9732 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance
9733 of a function which we may later generate inlined and/or
9734 out-of-line instances of. */
9737 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
9743 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
9745 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
9746 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
9748 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9749 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9750 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9753 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
9754 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
9755 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9757 context = decl_class_context (decl);
9759 gen_type_die_for_member
9760 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
9763 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
9764 save_fn = current_function_decl;
9765 current_function_decl = decl;
9767 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
9768 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
9770 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
9772 current_function_decl = save_fn;
9775 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
9779 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
9781 dw_die_ref context_die;
9783 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9784 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9785 dw_die_ref subr_die;
9789 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9790 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
9791 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9793 /* Note that it is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and `declaration'
9794 be true, if we started to generate the abstract instance of an inline,
9795 decided to output its containing class, and proceeded to emit the
9796 declaration of the inline from the member list for the class. In that
9797 case, `declaration' takes priority; we'll get back to the abstract
9798 instance when we're done with the class. */
9800 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
9801 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
9810 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
9813 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
9815 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
9816 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
9818 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9819 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
9823 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9825 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
9826 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
9827 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
9828 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
9829 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9831 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
9832 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
9833 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
9834 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
9835 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
9841 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
9842 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
9843 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
9844 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
9845 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
9846 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
9847 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
9848 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
9849 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
9850 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
9851 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9852 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
9856 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
9857 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9858 remove_children (subr_die);
9862 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9863 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9864 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9865 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9866 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9867 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9869 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9874 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9876 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9877 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9879 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
9880 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9882 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9884 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
9885 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9888 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
9889 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9890 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9891 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9892 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9893 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9894 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9899 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9901 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9903 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
9904 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
9905 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
9906 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
9907 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9908 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9911 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9913 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
9915 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
9916 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
9917 We can't get this completely correct because information
9918 about whether the function was declared inline is not
9920 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
9921 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
9923 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
9926 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
9928 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9930 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
9932 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9933 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
9936 current_funcdef_number);
9937 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
9938 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
9939 current_funcdef_number);
9940 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
9942 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
9943 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
9945 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9946 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
9947 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
9950 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
9951 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
9952 variables is relative to one of them. */
9954 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
9955 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
9958 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
9959 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
9960 if (current_function_needs_context)
9961 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
9962 lookup_static_chain (decl));
9966 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
9967 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
9968 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
9969 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
9970 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
9971 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
9972 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
9973 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
9974 an ellipsis at the end. */
9976 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
9977 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
9978 its formal parameters. */
9979 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9981 else if (declaration)
9982 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
9985 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
9986 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
9989 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
9990 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
9991 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
9992 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
9994 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
9995 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
9996 "__builtin_va_alist"))
9997 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
9999 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10002 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10003 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10004 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10005 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10006 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10007 parameters at all. */
10008 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10009 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10011 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10012 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10013 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10015 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10016 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10019 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10020 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10021 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10023 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
10024 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
10025 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
10026 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
10027 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
10028 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
10029 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
10030 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
10031 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
10032 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
10033 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
10034 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
10035 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10036 constructor function. */
10037 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10039 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10040 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10042 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10043 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10045 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10046 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10048 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10049 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
10056 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10059 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
10061 dw_die_ref context_die;
10063 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10064 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die);
10066 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10067 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
10068 || class_scope_p (context_die));
10070 if (origin != NULL)
10071 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
10072 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10073 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
10074 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10075 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10077 /* ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10078 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
10079 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
10081 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10082 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10083 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
10085 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10087 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10088 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10090 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10091 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10093 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
10094 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10099 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
10100 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl),
10101 TREE_READONLY (decl),
10102 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10104 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10105 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10107 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10108 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10110 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10111 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10113 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10114 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10118 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10120 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10121 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
10123 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10125 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10126 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
10129 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10132 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10135 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
10137 dw_die_ref context_die;
10139 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10140 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die);
10142 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10144 if (origin != NULL)
10145 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
10147 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
10149 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10150 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
10153 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
10155 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10156 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
10157 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10158 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
10159 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
10160 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
10162 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10163 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10164 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10165 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10166 it if it ever does happen. */
10167 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
10170 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
10171 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10176 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10179 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10181 dw_die_ref context_die;
10184 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die);
10185 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10187 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10189 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
10193 add_AT_offset (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
10195 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
10198 add_ranges (chain);
10199 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
10206 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10207 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10208 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10209 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10210 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10211 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10215 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
10218 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10221 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10223 dw_die_ref context_die;
10226 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10228 dw_die_ref subr_die
10229 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die);
10230 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10231 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10233 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10234 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
10236 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10237 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10238 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10239 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10240 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10241 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10242 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10243 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
10244 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
10248 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10251 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
10253 dw_die_ref context_die;
10255 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die);
10257 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10258 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
10259 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
10262 /* If this is a bit field... */
10263 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10265 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10266 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10267 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10270 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
10271 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10273 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10274 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10276 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10277 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10279 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10280 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10284 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10285 Use modified_type_die instead.
10286 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10287 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10289 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
10291 dw_die_ref context_die;
10294 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10296 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10297 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10298 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10301 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10302 Use modified_type_die instead.
10303 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10304 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10306 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
10308 dw_die_ref context_die;
10311 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10313 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
10314 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10315 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10319 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10321 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
10323 dw_die_ref context_die;
10326 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10328 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10329 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10330 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
10331 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10334 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10337 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
10338 const char *filename;
10341 char producer[250];
10342 const char *wd = getpwd ();
10345 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL);
10346 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
10348 if (wd != NULL && filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
10349 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10351 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
10353 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10354 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10355 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10356 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10357 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10358 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10359 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10360 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10361 strcat (producer, " -g");
10364 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
10366 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
10367 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
10368 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10369 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
10370 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
10371 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
10372 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10373 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
10374 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
10375 language = DW_LANG_Java;
10376 else if (flag_traditional)
10377 language = DW_LANG_C;
10379 language = DW_LANG_C89;
10381 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
10386 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10389 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
10391 dw_die_ref context_die;
10393 dw_die_ref type_die
10394 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10396 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10398 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
10400 /* TODO: add string length info.
10401 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
10402 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
10405 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10408 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
10410 dw_die_ref context_die;
10412 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die);
10414 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
10415 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
10417 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
10418 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10419 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
10420 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
10421 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
10422 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10425 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10428 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
10430 dw_die_ref context_die;
10435 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10436 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10437 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10438 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10439 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10440 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
10441 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10442 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10443 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
10444 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
10445 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
10448 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10449 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
10451 tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
10452 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
10455 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
10456 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
10459 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10460 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10462 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10463 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10464 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10465 do put them in the right order. */
10467 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10469 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10471 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10474 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10475 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10477 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10478 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
10481 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10483 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10485 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10489 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10490 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10491 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10494 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10496 dw_die_ref context_die;
10498 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10499 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
10501 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
10502 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
10503 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
10505 if (type_die && ! complete)
10508 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
10509 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10512 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10514 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
10515 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10517 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
10519 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
10520 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
10522 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10524 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10526 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10529 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10531 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10532 then give a list of members. */
10535 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10536 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10537 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10538 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10539 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10540 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10542 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10543 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10544 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10545 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
10547 push_decl_scope (type);
10548 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
10551 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10552 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
10554 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
10556 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
10557 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10558 lookup_type_die (vtype));
10563 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10565 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10566 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
10567 add_incomplete_type (type);
10571 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10574 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
10576 dw_die_ref context_die;
10578 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10579 dw_die_ref subr_die
10580 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10582 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
10583 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
10584 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10585 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
10588 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10591 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
10593 dw_die_ref context_die;
10595 dw_die_ref type_die;
10598 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10600 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
10602 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die);
10603 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10604 if (origin != NULL)
10605 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
10609 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
10610 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
10612 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
10614 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
10617 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
10620 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10621 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
10622 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10625 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10626 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
10629 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10632 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
10634 dw_die_ref context_die;
10638 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10641 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10642 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10643 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10644 type = type_main_variant (type);
10646 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10649 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10650 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10652 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10653 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
10657 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10663 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
10664 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10665 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10666 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10667 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10669 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10671 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10672 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10673 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10677 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10678 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10679 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
10681 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10682 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10684 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10686 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
10690 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
10691 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
10695 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10696 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10699 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
10700 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10701 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10702 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10706 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10707 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10708 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10712 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
10714 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10715 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
10718 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
10722 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type), context_die);
10725 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10728 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10729 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
10730 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too.
10731 This does not apply to instantiations of member class templates;
10732 they need to be added to the containing class as they are
10733 generated. FIXME: This hurts the idea of combining type decls
10734 from multiple TUs, since we can't predict what set of template
10735 instantiations we'll get. */
10736 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
10737 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
10738 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10740 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
10742 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10745 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10746 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10747 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10753 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
10754 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10756 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10761 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
10762 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
10763 when appropriate. */
10772 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
10776 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
10783 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10786 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
10789 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
10791 dw_die_ref context_die;
10793 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10796 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10797 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
10798 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
10800 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
10803 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
10804 an instance of an unresolved type. */
10806 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10811 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10812 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10816 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
10820 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10821 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10829 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
10830 things which are local to the given block. */
10833 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10835 dw_die_ref context_die;
10838 int must_output_die = 0;
10841 enum tree_code origin_code;
10843 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10844 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
10845 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
10848 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
10849 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
10850 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
10851 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
10855 for (sub= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
10856 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
10860 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
10861 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
10862 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
10863 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
10864 the current block. */
10865 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10866 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
10868 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
10870 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10871 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
10872 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
10873 must_output_die = 1;
10876 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
10877 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
10878 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
10879 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
10880 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
10881 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
10882 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
10883 `must_output_die' flag. */
10884 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
10886 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
10887 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
10888 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10889 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
10890 as being a "significant" one. */
10891 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
10893 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
10894 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
10895 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10896 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10897 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
10898 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10900 must_output_die = 1;
10906 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
10907 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
10908 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
10909 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
10910 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
10911 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
10912 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
10913 if (must_output_die)
10915 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10916 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10918 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10921 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
10924 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
10925 all of its sub-blocks. */
10928 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
10930 dw_die_ref context_die;
10936 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10937 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
10940 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
10941 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
10942 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
10943 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
10944 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10945 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10949 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10950 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10951 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10952 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10956 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
10957 add_child_die (context_die, die);
10959 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
10962 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
10963 therein) of this block. */
10964 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
10966 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
10967 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
10970 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
10973 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
10976 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10979 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10980 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
10981 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
10982 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
10983 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
10984 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
10990 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
10993 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
10995 dw_die_ref context_die;
10999 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
11002 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
11003 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11006 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11009 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11010 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11013 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11014 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11015 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11016 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
11017 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
11020 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11021 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
11022 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
11023 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11024 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11025 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11026 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
11027 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11028 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11029 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11030 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11032 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11033 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
11035 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11036 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11038 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11039 have described its return type. */
11040 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
11042 /* And its virtual context. */
11043 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11044 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
11046 /* And its containing type. */
11047 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
11048 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
11049 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
11052 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11053 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
11057 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11058 actual typedefs. */
11059 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11062 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
11063 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
11064 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
11065 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
11066 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
11067 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
11069 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11071 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11075 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
11076 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11078 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11079 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
11083 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11084 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
11088 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11089 variable declarations or definitions. */
11090 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11093 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11095 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11097 /* And its containing type. */
11098 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
11099 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
11100 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
11102 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11103 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11104 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11106 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11107 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
11108 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
11110 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
11114 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
11115 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
11116 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
11117 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
11119 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
11120 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
11125 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11126 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
11129 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
11130 /* Ignore for now. */
11138 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11141 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
11142 const char *filename;
11143 const char *context_list;
11145 unsigned int file_index;
11147 if (filename != NULL)
11149 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die);
11150 tree context_list_decl
11151 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
11154 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
11155 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
11156 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
11157 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11158 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
11162 /* Debug information for a global DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11163 compilation proper has finished. */
11165 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
11168 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11169 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
11170 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type
11171 declarations and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11173 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11174 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11177 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11180 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
11183 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
11185 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
11188 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
11189 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11192 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11194 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11195 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11196 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11197 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11198 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
11201 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11202 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11203 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11204 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11205 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11206 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11207 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11208 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11209 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11210 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
11211 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
11212 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
11213 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
11214 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
11215 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
11216 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
11217 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
11218 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
11219 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
11220 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
11221 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
11222 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
11223 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
11224 within include files which also contain
11225 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11226 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11229 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11230 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11231 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11232 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11233 context_die = NULL;
11238 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11239 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11240 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11241 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11242 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11243 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
11244 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
11245 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
11246 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
11249 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11250 variable declarations or definitions. */
11251 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11256 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
11257 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
11260 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11261 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11262 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
11264 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11265 comparisons have. */
11266 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
11267 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
11268 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
11269 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
11274 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11275 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11278 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11279 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11280 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11281 context_die = NULL;
11289 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11292 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11293 a lexical block. */
11296 dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
11297 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11298 unsigned int blocknum;
11300 function_section (current_function_decl);
11301 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
11304 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11308 dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
11309 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11310 unsigned int blocknum;
11312 function_section (current_function_decl);
11313 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
11316 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11317 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11319 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11320 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11321 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11324 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
11328 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11329 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11330 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
11335 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11336 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11337 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
11338 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
11339 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
11340 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
11341 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
11342 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
11343 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
11344 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
11347 lookup_filename (file_name)
11348 const char *file_name;
11352 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11353 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
11354 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
11357 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11358 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11359 if (file_table.last_lookup_index != 0)
11360 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[file_table.last_lookup_index]) == 0)
11361 return file_table.last_lookup_index;
11363 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11364 for (i = 1; i < file_table.in_use; ++i)
11365 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[i]) == 0)
11367 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11371 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11372 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11373 if (i == file_table.allocated)
11375 file_table.allocated = i + FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11376 file_table.table = (char **)
11377 xrealloc (file_table.table, file_table.allocated * sizeof (char *));
11380 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11381 file_table.table[i] = xstrdup (file_name);
11382 file_table.in_use = i + 1;
11383 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11385 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11386 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i, file_name);
11394 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11395 file_table.table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
11396 file_table.allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11398 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11399 file_table.in_use = 1;
11400 file_table.last_lookup_index = 0;
11403 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11404 and record information relating to this source line, in
11405 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11408 dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
11410 const char *filename;
11412 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11414 function_section (current_function_decl);
11416 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
11417 if (flag_debug_asm)
11418 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
11421 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11423 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11425 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11426 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
11428 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11429 ++line_info_table_in_use;
11431 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11432 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11433 ++separate_line_info_table_in_use;
11435 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11437 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
11438 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11439 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
11441 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11442 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11443 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
11445 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11446 separate_line_info_table
11447 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
11448 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
11449 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11450 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
11453 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11455 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
11456 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11457 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11458 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
11462 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
11464 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11465 line_info_table_in_use);
11467 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11468 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
11470 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11472 = (dw_line_info_ref)
11473 xrealloc (line_info_table,
11474 (line_info_table_allocated
11475 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
11478 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11479 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
11480 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11481 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11486 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
11489 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
11490 unsigned int lineno;
11491 const char *filename;
11493 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11495 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11496 dw_die_ref bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die);
11497 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
11499 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11501 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11502 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
11503 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
11505 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
11506 "Filename we just started");
11510 /* Record the end of a source file. */
11513 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
11514 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11516 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11518 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11519 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die);
11521 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11523 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
11528 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11529 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11530 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11533 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
11534 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11535 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11537 static int initialized = 0;
11540 dwarf2out_start_source_file (0, primary_filename);
11543 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11545 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11546 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
11547 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11548 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11552 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11553 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11554 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11557 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
11558 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11559 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11561 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11563 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11564 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
11565 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11566 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11570 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11573 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename)
11574 const char *main_input_filename;
11576 init_file_table ();
11578 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11579 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
11581 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11582 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11583 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11584 lookup_filename (main_input_filename);
11586 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11588 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11589 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11590 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
11592 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11593 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
11594 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&decl_scope_table, 1);
11596 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11598 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11599 sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11600 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11601 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11602 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
11604 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11606 = (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11607 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
11608 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11609 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11610 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
11612 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11613 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11614 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11615 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11616 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11617 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
11619 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
11620 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&incomplete_types, 1);
11622 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11623 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray, 1);
11625 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11626 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
11627 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11628 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11629 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11631 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
11632 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
11633 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11634 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
11635 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11636 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11637 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
11638 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11639 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
11640 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11641 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
11642 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11644 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11645 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
11646 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11647 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
11650 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11653 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
11657 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11658 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11661 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
11662 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11664 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
11665 dw_die_ref die = 0;
11667 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11668 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11669 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11670 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11672 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
11674 next_node = node->next;
11677 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
11679 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
11681 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
11682 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
11689 limbo_die_list = NULL;
11691 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11692 emit full debugging info for them. */
11693 retry_incomplete_types ();
11695 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
11696 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
11697 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
11699 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
11700 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
11701 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11702 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
11704 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
11705 that have children. */
11706 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
11707 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11708 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
11710 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
11712 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11714 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
11715 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
11716 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
11717 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
11718 examining the file. */
11719 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11721 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11722 output_line_info ();
11725 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
11726 if (have_location_lists)
11728 /* Output the location lists info. */
11729 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
11731 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11732 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
11733 output_location_lists (die);
11734 have_location_lists = 0;
11737 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
11739 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
11741 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
11742 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
11744 /* And if it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges
11745 an appropriate "base address". Use zero so that these addresses
11746 become absolute. */
11747 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
11748 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
11750 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11751 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
11752 debug_line_section_label);
11754 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11755 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
11757 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
11758 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
11759 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11760 output_comp_unit (node->die);
11761 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die);
11763 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
11764 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11765 output_abbrev_section ();
11767 if (pubname_table_in_use)
11769 /* Output public names table. */
11770 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11771 output_pubnames ();
11774 /* We only put functions in the arange table, so don't write it out if
11775 we don't have any. */
11776 if (fde_table_in_use)
11778 /* Output the address range information. */
11779 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11783 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
11784 if (ranges_table_in_use)
11786 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11790 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
11791 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11793 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
11797 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */